‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬

‫ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺐ‬

‫ﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻯ ‪ :‬ﮊﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﭼﺎﭖ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ‪١٩٩٦ -‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺹ ‪..‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٤٨‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ) ‪ ١٩٩١‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ، ‬‬
‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﺎﻳﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻴﮥ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ " ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ " ٢‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻮﮤ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻤﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪...‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﴼ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ ّ .‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻴﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﺴﺦ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﻳ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ ﻭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ١٩٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠٤‬ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﻭ‬
 ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ، ١٩ ، ١٨ ، ١٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٢.‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ، ١١٥ ، ١٠٧ ،١٠٤ ، ٨٣‬ﻭ ‪ ١١٦‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٥٧‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﻰ ﻭ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ٤١٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٤١٧‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﻴﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬
‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ‪ ١٩٩٦ -‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ‬

‫ﺹ ‪....‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎء‬
‫ﺍﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ‪١‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﺸﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ َﺳﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻔﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺷﻬﻴﺪﴽ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺳّﺮ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﺭﻭﺯ‬

‫ﺹ‪٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ُ‬‫ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ‪ُ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ َ َ‬
 ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ِ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻗﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﺔ ‪ ".‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ َ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ِﺍﺫﺍ َ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺴﺮﺍﺋﺮ " ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ " َ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ُ َ‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪َ "،‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ " ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﻫﺎ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺹ‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﮤ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻻ ﻭﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﺶ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺿﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ِﺍﺫﻥ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ‪٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻮّﻫﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺰ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻨﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ِ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻤﺶ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺱ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ‪٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﺧﺴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ََ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ُ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺌﻼ ّ‬
‫ِﺭﺟﻞ َﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ‪٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻔﻮﺵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺮﻣﺶ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺟﺸﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ‪٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎء َﺣَﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻇ ّ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻰ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ِﺑﻨﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ّ‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺍء ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎء ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ‪٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺼﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﮥ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺩﻫﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻔﺴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِ ّﺍﻻ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ِ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ َ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬﻫﻢ َﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﺍ‪ ‬ﻪ ﻣﻘﺒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺟﻬﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ‬

‫ﺹ‪٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻪ ‪.‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻠﻞ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨّﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ‬
 ‫ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﺑﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻰ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺴﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ " ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﺗﺎ‪ ِ‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ "‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ " َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻠّﻮ ِ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫َﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺭ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ َﻭ َ‬

‫ﺻَﻔﻬﻢ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻮﺭﴽ "‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ِ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﺮﺍﺭ َ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ِﻣﻦ ﮐﺄﺱ ﮐﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ُﻣﺮﻳﺐ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻼﻓﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﮥ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﺳﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻐّﻼﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫‪،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻼﻳﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺿﻼﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ‬
 ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻋﻪ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻣﺎء ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ َﻓﻼ ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻋﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻴﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﮑﺮﻫﻪ ُ‬
‫َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻇﻼﻣﴼ ﻭ َ ٰ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ‪َ ِ‬ﻗﺪ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺍﻫﻞ‬
 ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺑﺎﻥ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓ َﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ َ ‪ُ ‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻟﻘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ِ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘّﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺻﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﮕﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻈ َﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳُﺘﻪ ﻭ َ ُ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﺠﺐ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﮑﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﮑﺮ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻈَﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬
‫َ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻘﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﺘﻔﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻉ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮﮐﻢ‬
‫ُُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺮ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ ٍ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮ ٍﺓﻭ ّ ً‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ َ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ ً‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﮥ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻻﻳﻘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ّ‬
 ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻤﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣‬‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺫﻯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ‪ِ ُ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﮏ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ُ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ُ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪---------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
 ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﮥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺗﮑَﺪُﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ ‪ّ  ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻟ‪‬ﻼ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ُ ٰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺛﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﺶ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺯﺭﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ َﺟﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ َ‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ِ ِﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬
‫ﺗﮑﺪَﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﺎﺻﺢ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﻨ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ُ ّ ُ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨‬‬
 ‫‪ ١٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﴽ ِ َ ِ‬
‫ﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﮥ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺤﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻐﺎﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻃﻐﺎﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﺾ ّ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ﻳﺎﺑﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻰ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﮏ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١‬‬
 ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ ﻻ َﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻊ َﻣﻦ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬
‫‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺺ ﻭ ﺣﮑﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻃﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻭﻓﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻴﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻄﺮ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻐﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺯﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻳﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺍﻯ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ‪َ ،‬ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺟﻪ ٰ‬
‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻄﺮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺎﻇﺮ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟّﻨ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ّ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍء ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼء ّ‬ ‫َِ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻞ ِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ُ َ ّ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ّ ّ‬ ‫َ َُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﮥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺣ ّﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ َ َ َ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺎﻫﻢ َ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪َ ِ ،‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺗﮑﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﭘﺎﺷﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺠﺰ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺫﺍﮎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ِﻣﻦ َﻓﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺭﺿﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺖ ّ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎء ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﮐ ّﻞ ِﻟ ِ‬
‫ﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﺵ َﻧﻀﺮﮤ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﮥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺯﮐﻴﮥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﺟﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺭﺍ َ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺪء ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻻﻣﻊ ﻭ ﺳّﺮ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ُ ّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻣﺎء ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺪﮤ ّ‬
‫‪،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ِ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺏ ِﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﴼ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬
‫َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﺑﺮﴽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪َ .‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻭ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﻉ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ َﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ َ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ِ َ ّ‬
‫ﻻﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻸ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺸﻨﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻠﺴﻰ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﻰ‬
‫َﮐﺮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟّﺴﻤﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻗﻤﺮﺵ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﺡ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺬ َ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻪ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ُ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﻭ َ ِ َ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬
‫ُ ٰ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﺎء ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٦‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﮎ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ َﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ َﺍﻭ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﮐﺘﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻗﺼﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺡ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻄﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٨‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪َ ،‬ﺯﻳ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻧﻔَﺴﮑﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺢ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ‪ .‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ :‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟّﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟّﻄ ّﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﻴﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻒ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٩‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ّ :‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ َ ُ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺎﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟّﻨ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥١‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﻋﺶ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺍﻻﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﺶ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺵ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪ ....‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻴﺪﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ َ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻸ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧّﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﻫﻼﮎ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٢‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺖ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟّﺴ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻌﺒﮥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻣﻊ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ُﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ َﻣﻦ َﻳﺸﺎء ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٣‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮑﻢ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ‬
‫َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٤‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺿﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﮑﻢ ِﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮّﻗﻒ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
 ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﮐﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺪ ُﮐﻢ ﻭ ُ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﮑﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺮﺿﺎء ّ‬
‫ﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺩﻯ ّ‬
‫ُﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﻓﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻣﻨﺠﻴﮑﻢ ِﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ِ‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮑﻢ ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻰء ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ُﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٦‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ َﺯﻣﺎﺟﻴﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ُﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ُ ِ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻣﻰ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻰ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪َ ،‬ﻟ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﮥ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺿﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﴼ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻌ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟ ﻻ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ َ َ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺟﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺨﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ َ ّ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦١‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫_________________________________________________________‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻏﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻀ‪َ َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺑﮑﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺠﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻀﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ِ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ُﺳﮑﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﴼ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻌﺒﺪ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﴼ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻘﻀﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﴼ‬
‫ﻰ ّ‬‫ﻋﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ َﺍَﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﴼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻋﻠ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻮﺿﴼ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﮐ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ُ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺜﴼ ﺑﺬﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﴼ ﺑﺤﺒﻠﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ َﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ََ ‪َ‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺗﺎﺯﮤ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ ‪َ ‬‬
‫" َﻣﻦ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧّﻴﺮ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ َﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺫﴽ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺣﻨﻈﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺿﺎ‪‬ﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﻣﺎ َ ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺣﮑﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻰ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ، ‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺒﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ؟ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻼ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻴﺦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪ ﮐﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟّﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺤﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺑﻤﺎ َ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﮤ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﴼ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﴼ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ‪َ ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻻ‪‬ﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻮ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ِﻣﻦ ِ َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﺻﺒﻌﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺱ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ِ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻮ ِ ِ‬
‫ﻗﻪ ُ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻀ‪ُ َ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ َﮐﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺗﻮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٧١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻋﻠ ٰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻤﻰ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ّ‬
‫‪،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺎﺻﺢ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟّﻨ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻤﮕﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ِﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻄﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻬﺒﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ ُﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻭﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ َﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫َ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ ﮐﺒﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ُﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ‬
‫ﺿﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻪ ‪َ ،‬ﻧﻀﺮﮤ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻳﻨﻮﺡ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻼﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺒﮑﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ َﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻈُﺮﻧﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ََ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺯﺧﺮﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ُ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ِ َ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﮔﻨﺞ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻧﻴﻔﺰﻭﺩﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ‪ ....‬ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻻﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٧‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
 ‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٨‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻋﻈﮥ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻏﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻌﻮﺫﺑﺎ‪ " ‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " َﻧ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎء‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ََ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰﴽ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻓﺎﺿﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍ‪ُ ِ‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ":‬ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪"....‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٠‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٨١‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﺒﺪء ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﺭﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺂﺏ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ُﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴ‬
‫ﺷﺮ ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ُﻣﻌﺮﺿﴼ َﻋﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ِ ُ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ُ ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍ ّﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪُﺭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٣‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﺪﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻟﮏ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ "َﺍﻟ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ِ َﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﴼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﴼ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ َ َ‬
‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪َ َ .‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍ ُﺝ َ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠّﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٤‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻨّﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺫﺝ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ ٰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺫﮐﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻡ ﻻﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﮥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻬﻢ ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ِﻓﻰ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻَﻔ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٥‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺢ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ َﺍﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺭﻳﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٦‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﺪّﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻘﻞ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻴﺶ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﻭ ِﺳﻨﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻰ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺪ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﻨ َ‬
‫ﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ُ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ِ ّﻟﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻋﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻻ ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ َﺑﻴﻊ َﻋﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﻬﺒﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٨‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺴﺎﮐﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ َ .‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺟﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ُ ٔ َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﮐﻢ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻵ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٩‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺿﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺤﺎﻥ"‪‬‬
‫ﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﻳﺎﻥ ُﮐﻠ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺑ ّ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ‪ِ " :‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺷﺮﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺘ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﻦ ‪َ "،‬ﻣﻦ َ‬
 ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﺬﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪ُ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻃﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬

‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ُﻣﺼﻠﺢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﮐﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺬﻟﮏ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻻ َﻓﻮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ِ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩١‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ َﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﻦ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻻﻝ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺟﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
 ‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺿﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺮﻫﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﻰ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﮑ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ِ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﻨﺼﺤﮑﻢ ﻗﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺻﻴﮑﻢ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬
‫َﻳ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪  .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ِ َﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺼﺪ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺟﺰ ﺗﺴﮑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ُﻋﺴﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺿﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺷﺪﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ " ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُﻃﻐﺮﺍﻯ " َ َ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩ ﻭ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﮑﺮ ‪ُ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻪ ‪ُ ‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫َُ‬
‫ﺍﻟّﺜﻨﺎء ‪ ‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻰ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪ‬
‫ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ِ َ ِ‬

‫ﻻﺟﻞ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﮎ ﻟﻤﺎ َ َ ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ "‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ َﺟ ‪‬ﻞ ﻭ َ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﻼﮎ " ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻻﻩ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬
‫ﺣﮑﻢ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍ‪ِ ‬ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﻔﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺴﺮ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺳﺮُﻩ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺰ َ ٰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ َ ‪‬‬
‫ُُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺘﺶ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﻻﺋﺢ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺸﺶ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﮥ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﮎ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬
‫ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ َﻋﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮﻩ َﻳﻌَﻤﻠﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫َﻳﺴ ِﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻢ َ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻠﮑﺎ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ َﻣْﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﮥ َﺩﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫" َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﺟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ َ َ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻬﺪﻯ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻡ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺘﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻻ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﮐﺬﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﺍ‪ِ َ ‬ﺑﺮﻯٌء ِﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ .‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺑﺴﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ُ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﺬﺍﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ُﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﻭ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺎﻋﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﻨﺎﮐﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ُ ‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ِﺩﺭﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺻﻴﮑﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ َ‬
‫ۭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ُﻣﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻦ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ِﺳﻬﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭ ِﺭﻣﺎﺡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻠﺶ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﮐﺘﻔﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻠﮑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ِﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ُﻣﺰﺟﺎﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻑ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻠﺖ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻏﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺄﻭﻯ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻻ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫‪،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻁ ﻏﻀﺐ ُﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺎﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻳﺎﺩﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺶ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻟﻰ " ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻴﺮﮤ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺧﻔﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " َ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ّ‬‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﺧﺬﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ " ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٩‬‬
 ‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻭ ﻻ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻧﺖ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ َ َ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﮎ " ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻠ‪‬ﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ َﺟﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ٰ‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻴﺤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﻞ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺐ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ َ " :‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ َﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ِ َ ٍ‬
‫ﻻﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُِ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﻭﺏ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺿﻞ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﴼ ﻭ ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ُ ،‬ﮐﻦ ِ َ‬
‫ﻻﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ُﻓﺮﺍﺗﴼ ﻭ ِ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺟﴼ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺝ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻪ َ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺤﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺸﺒﻬﺎﻯ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ َﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ﻳﺎﺑﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﴼ ﺑﺤﺒﻠﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ُ .‬ﮐﻦ ﺫﺍﮐﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ‬
 ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﴼ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ َ ٰ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﮐﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺎﺭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟّﺴّﺘ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬
‫َﻳ َ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ُﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﮤ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٣‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻔﺴﺮﺩ ﻭ ُﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ُﻣﺸﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ َ َ‬
‫ﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ؟ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﮑﻠﻰ؟ َ ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺡ ‪ٰ ‬‬‫ﺍﻟﮑﺴﺮﻯ ﻭ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ُ‬‫ﺍﻻﮐﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺵ ؟ ُﻗﻞ َ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ َ ٰ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻥ ُﻳ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻮﻓ َﻖ‬ ‫ﺍ‪َ ِ َ‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻳ َﺪﻫﻢ َ ٰ‬
‫َُ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ َﻣﻦ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺍﺯ ِﺭﺟﺲ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٥‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ُﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ُﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻦ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﻠﻌﺔ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﮐﺆﻭﺱ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺔ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺑﺎ َ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ َﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٦‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻘ ّﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﺳﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ "‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺋﮑﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻰ " ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ َ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ " ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٧‬‬
 ‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻓّﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ َ ّ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ َ ّ ً‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎ ّ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٨‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ﺫﻯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻓﻰ‬
‫ََ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ َﻟﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎﺱ " ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ " ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﮎ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻨﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ َ ٰ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ َ ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺑﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮّﺣﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺬ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ؟ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻇﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
 ‫ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ِﮐﺮﻡ ﺷﺐ ﺗﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٠‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ؟‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﻑ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺓ َ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢١‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻩ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻔﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٢‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ " ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭘﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﺘﻨﻰ َ‬
‫" َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﻢ َﮐﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ِ َ َ " :‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ) ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﻳّﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﺬﺍء ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺷﻮﻗﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ " ‪ .‬ﻣﺰﺍﺡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺎ ّ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻰ َ َ‬
‫" ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ "‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ " :‬‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٤‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺸﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮ ِﻣﻦ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ‪ّ ،‬ﺍﻻ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﺫﺍ َ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ َ ٍ‬
‫ﮐﻞ َﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥ " ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻠﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻭ ﮐ ّﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ َﻟﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٥‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﮥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻌﺐ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ َﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ‪.....‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ....‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﮐﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮّﺑﻴﺶ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ " ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ " ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺵ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ ....‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ َﺍﻟﻄﻒ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ّﺍﻻ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ّﺍﻻ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻟٍﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻠﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻣﺆﻳّﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ َﭘﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ُ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َ ٌ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ ِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ َﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠّﺘﺎﺭﮐﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِﻟّﻠﻪ ‪‬‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
 ‫ﻇﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ َﻃﻮﻋﴼ ﻭ ُﮐﺮﻫﴼ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺄﻭﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ َﻟﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﺳﺖ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻤﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣١‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ِّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻯ ﺷﮑﺮﺵ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺔ ﻭ‬
‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ِ ِﺑﻪ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺶ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﺶ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﴼ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ َ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ِﻣﻦ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ‪ٰ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻳَﻬﺎ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﺻﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻘﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻳﺬﮐُﺮ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُ َ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ؟ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻮﻣﻴﮥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِﮐﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎَﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻻ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍ‪َ َ ‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻠﻮﻧﮥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻌﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ُﻣﻨﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٥‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﻢ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ُ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺬﮐﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻦ َﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ُﮐﻠﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻃﻌُﻤ ُﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﺬﻳﮥ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ْ‬
‫َََ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫َ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺳﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺿ ٍ‬
‫ﻄﺮﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ِﻣﻦ َ ِ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ َ ٍ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ِ ِﻻﻟﻘﺎ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ِ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ َﺍﻥ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ِ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰﺍﺯﻩ ‪َ َ " :‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﮑﻠﻪ‬
‫َُ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ﻭ ِﺍﺣﻴﺎء ﺍﻻﻣﻮﺍﺕ َﺍﻥ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺎ ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭ ُﻳَﺰﻳ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻮﮐَﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬
‫ﻮﺳَﻞ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻌ َﻞ ِ َ ُ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎء ﻭ َﺍﻥ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ِﺍﺫﴽ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ُ َ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻟ ّ ٰ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﮎ َﻣﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ َ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺆ‪‬ﻳ ُﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼ‪‬‬
‫َُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ِﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِﻟﻼﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ ُ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻃﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺿﺢ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺼﺮﻯ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻐﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻭﺍ ِ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﺟﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
 ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻮ ﺍ‪، ‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ َ َ‬
‫ﻓﻮ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﮔﺮ َﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ َﻣﮑﺎﺭﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﮑﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻋﻨﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺳﮑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ُ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨﻰ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎﻗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻫﺶ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﺶ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﮐﺴﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻰ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺻﺮﺍﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮﻩ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻢ َ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ َ ِ‬
‫"ﻻ ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٤١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ . " ‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ﻻ ﻭﺍ‪، ‬‬
‫َﻋﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﺢ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُﮐﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺷﺄﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪ُ  َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ َﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓَﻘﻬﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮَﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮐﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ َﺟﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﺪﻗﻢ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﺶ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺪﻕ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻧﮕﻨﺠﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﮥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬
 ‫ﻓﻬﻨﻴﺌﴼ ِﻟﻠﻮﺍﺻﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻰ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻝ ِ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ َ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫َ ٰ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺒﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ِ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺻﺤﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻣﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺳﺠﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺎﺳﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻄﺮﻯ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ُ ِ َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺭﻏﻤﴼ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻘﻮٍﻡ َ ِ‬
‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٦‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﮥ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻀﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻏﻀﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ِﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﺣﺬﻩ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﮏ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ َﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻔﺶ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺛﻘﻰ‬
‫ُﻋﺮﻭﮤ ُ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٨‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻊ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ِ َ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ .‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ " ّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺠﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٩‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
 ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻏﻴﺚ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺤّﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻻ ُﺗ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ُ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍء‬
‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻗﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ُ ّ ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻌﺮﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ َﻳﻬﺪﻳﮑﻢ ٰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ‪‬‬
‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥١‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺳﺠﻦ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ِﺍﻣﺎء ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٢‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
 ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ِ ،‬ﻟّﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﻼ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺪﮎ ﻭ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻘﮏ ﻭ َ ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ُ .‬ﺍﺷﮑﺮﻯ ‪ِ ‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٣‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗّﻴﻮﻣﺶ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺪ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﺭﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٤‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺶ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺼﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻧﺎﺱ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٥‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻴﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ِ  ِ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ َﻣﻦ َ ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺘ ِﺒﻌﻮﺍ ُ َ‬
‫ﻭﻻ َ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٦‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺘﻢ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﺩ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻧﺠﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻢ ِﺍَﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫َ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﮐﻔﺎﻥ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
 ‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻨﺎء ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٨‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻠﺤﮥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﮑَﺪُﺭ ِﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ‪ّ  ‬ﻼ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻄﺮﺏ ِﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ٰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٠‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦١‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻻﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ َﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺾ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﮐﻔﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻸ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ َﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ....‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ﺷﺒﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬
‫َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُﻳﻐﻨﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬ﻗﻞ َ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ُ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺒﺮﮐﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮ ِ‬
‫ﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٩‬‬
 ‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ " ُﮐ‪‬ﻠﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﻟﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ " ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺼﺤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻰ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺭﺍ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﮐﺄﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺿﻴﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻯ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َﻟﻬﻮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ " ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻗﻞ ﺍ‪ُ ‬ﺛّﻢ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺨﺎﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﺣﺼﺎء ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ‪ ،‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﴼ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬
 ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺖ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﻴﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻘﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء َ َ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣِﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺜﻮﺍ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺒﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﻰ ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒ ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﺰﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ُﻣﻠﮏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٥‬‬
 ‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﮑﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﺮﻡ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺿﻼﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﻪ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻧﺰﺩ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﺷﻰ‪‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻧﻰ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﮐﺔ ّ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺰﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺫﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻀﻊ ‪‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ َ َ َ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻠﺬﺫ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٩‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ِ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻨ َﺒﻐﻰ َﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ْ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ َ َ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺛﻮﺍﺏ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٠‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪َ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺫﻟﮏ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨١‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ " ﻫﺎ " ﻭ " ﻭﺍﻭ " ﮐﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻌﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻫﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺳﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﺮﮤ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٣‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﻤﺲ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
 ‫ﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﺁﺯ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٤‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪.‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﻄﺎﻋﻪ ُﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ُﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٥‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻌﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ؟ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌ َ‬
‫ﺖ ﻧﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻇﻞ َ َ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٦‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﻈﻮﻅ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻗﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﮐﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ َﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺵ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٧‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺷﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎء ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻥ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٨‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻖ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻳﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻧﺎﺻﺢ ﺧﺒﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ‪ِ .‬ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺐ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٩‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺬﺍﺋﺬ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺛﻢ َﺗﻌﺎﻝ "‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻖ َ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﮏ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ِ َ " :‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮّﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳ‪ ‬ﻠﮏ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﮏ ﻳﺎ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻟ ِ‬
‫ﺌﺎﻟﺌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻭ ‪‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‪‬ﮏ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺆﻳ‪َ ‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟّﺴﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﴽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ َ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻥ ُ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟَْﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﮏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﻧ ِ‬
‫ﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﮎ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩١‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﻄﺎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬
 ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻏﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻏﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺱ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺟﻬﻼﻯ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻘﺲ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ُ ُ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻣﻌﺸﺮ ُﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻇﻠﻤﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﮑﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ِ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ّ " :‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﺎﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء "‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ِ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺜﻤﺮ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﮑﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ُ َ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ‪ ....‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ‬
‫َﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻯ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪١٩٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻧﺪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﻼﻟﻪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ّ :‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬
 ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﺢ ُﺍﺟﺎﺝ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺬﺏ ُ‬
‫ﻭ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ َ ِ‬
‫‪،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ....‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻏﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ َ‬
‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﻤﴼ ِ َ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ ‪َ َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻮ َﻟﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﴼ ِ ِ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﮐﻮ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﮐﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ؟ ﺯﻫﻰ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻸ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻓﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
 ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬‫ﻃﺮﴽ َ َ‬
‫ﻦ َﻣﺂﺏ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ُ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﮑﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﻡ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻰ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ُ ّ .‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺤﺮﮔﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺳﻼﺳﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺸﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻫﻰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻻﺗﮑﻮﻧﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ َ َ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ِ ِ ُ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ِﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ََ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﻗﻠﺐ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺎﺋﺖ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﺋﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻔﮑﺮﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬ ‫ُﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﻗﮥ ِﺩﻣﺎء ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺘﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ ُ .‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
 ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ََ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺁﻥ ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺴﺘ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻰ ِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺒﺖ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ " :‬ﻭ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫َُِ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ " ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬
‫‪ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺱ ﻗﺪﻡ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻻﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺙ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻰ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﻰ ‪‬‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟّﺸﺄﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺠﻠﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻐﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺤﺸﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ َﻋﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻣﻐﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ؟ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣّﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻴﮥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻞ َﺣﺮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ُ ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻤﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻬﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﺶ‬
‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺿﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ٰ‬‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻃ ٰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﺶ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٣‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺷﺪﮐﻢ َﺳﻮﺍء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٤‬‬
 ‫‪ ٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ُﻳْﻈِﻬُﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﴽ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ُﻳﺮﻳﻬﻢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻻ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ‪‬ﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٥‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴّﺔ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺫﮐﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ُ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﻃﻮ ٰ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ " ﻭ " َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ " ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﻞ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٦‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ َﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٧‬‬
 ‫‪ ٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ َﺍﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﮎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻠﮏ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ِ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺑ ِﺔ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻻ َ‬‫ﻋﻠﻰ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﮏ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﺽ ّ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ّ ُ‬
‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟّﺘّﻮ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٨‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ‪ ‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ؟ ﻻ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ‪َ " .‬ﻣﻦ ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ِﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ُﮐﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣِﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﮏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ّ ِ‬‬
‫َُ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٩‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪" :‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﴽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ "‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ُ‬
‫ﺮﻯ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬْﮐ ٰ‬ ‫َﺫ‪‬ﮐْﺮ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﮥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٠‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻮﺍﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻮﻝ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ّ ِ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﮐﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻳﺤﻰ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﻣﻴﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻰء ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻮﻩ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢١‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺠﺬﺏ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ٰ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻْﻣَﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ْ َ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻪ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬
‫ﻓﻤﻦ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻮﻑ ّ‬
‫ﺟﺪﴽ َ َ‬ ‫ِ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻻﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ّ ‪‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺮﺟﻒ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﻪ َ َ ُ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻣﺠﺮ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ُﻳﻌﻄﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ِﻣﻦ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ ُ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻭ ّ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺱ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ َﺳﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٣‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺎﺵ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﻫﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺣﮥ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ؟ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ َﻋﻘﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﮥ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ؟ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺎﺭ َﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﻄﺤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺜﺮﺏ ﭼﺮﺍ ؟ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ؟ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻧﺰﺩ َﻧﺠﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ؟ ُﺳﮑﺮ ﮐﺄﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍﮐﺒﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ِﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﴼ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍﮐﺾ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ " َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﺎ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻮﮤ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺫﻫﺒﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎء ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭ َﻳﻨَﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
 ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻼ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ِﻓﻰ‬
‫ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺍﻧﺪﺭ ﺭﺑﺢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ُ َ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ِ َ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻻ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﭘﺎ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﻨﻬﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫‪.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺟﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻼﺡ َ َ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٩‬‬
 ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ َﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺪﺵ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻋﺴﮑﺮﺵ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺼﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺒﻰ ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﮑﺎﻓﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ " ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ّ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ " ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ؟‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪....‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣١‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ُ ّ‬

‫ﻻﺫﻥ َ ِ َ ْ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ُ ُ ٍ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻴﻦ َ ‪ْ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻟﮏ " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " َ ِﺍﺭﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﭼﺸﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺜﻨﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻠﺐ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َﺭَﻣِﺪ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺷﮑﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺬﻟﮏ ﻭ ُﮐﻦ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺮﺳﻰ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ َ َ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ) ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ُﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﻰ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻮّﻟﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺍّﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ َ َ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ِﻟّﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺎﮐﻦ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟّﺴ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺬﮐﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﺮّﺑﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ َﻧﻀﺮﮤ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻫﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺮﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻨّﺰﻩ ﻭ ّ ٰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺷﻤﺲ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟّﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ " :‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭﴽ " ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ِﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺁﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬
‫ُﻣﻘﺒﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ُ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻼ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ُﻓﻠﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪" :‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎَﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﴼ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺣَﻴﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﻤﺎ َ ْ‬
‫ﻴﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﴼ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺣ ٰ‬
‫َﻣﻦ َ ْ‬
‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻤﮕﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﭽﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ َ َ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺡ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎء ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﺎﺱ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ِﺍﺫﻥ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ّ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َﺑﻴﺪﺍﻯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪....‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻣﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎء ﺧﻮﺵ‬
 ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻣﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٣‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺿﻌﻔﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﺮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺯ َ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺆﺛّﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﺄﻥ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٤‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺷﻰء ّ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮ َ َ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ َﺍﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻡ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻞ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺍﺳﺘﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻓﻨﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺫﻟﮏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻨﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٥‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﮐﻞ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﻤﻦ ﻏﻨﺎ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﻢ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﮥ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﮥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺳﻴﮥ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬
‫ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻃﺐ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ُ َ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ َﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠُﻖ ﺑﺎﻟّﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫َََ‪‬‬
‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺘﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﻗﺪﺱ‬

‫ﺻﻤﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ُ " ،‬ﻗﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ " ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺛﻢ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍ‪ّ ُ‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻩ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﻏﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮥ َﺍﻧﻔﺲ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﺪﺭﻩ ﻫﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ؟ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺐ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﻮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﻪ ِﺳﻬﺎﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻮﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺐ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﻼﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ُ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻣﺸﻮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮐﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٨‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﮑﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻻ ِﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ِ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ِﺟﻨﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ُ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ؟‬
‫ﻓﺴﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ َﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٩‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ُﻣﻀﻐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ِ ُ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ َ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ُ‬
‫ﺍﮐﺘﺴﺎﻯ َﻟﺤﻢ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻻ ِﺷﺒﻪ َﻟﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ِ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ُﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺟﺰ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﮑﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻉ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﮑﺎﻫﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻣﺸﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥١‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٢‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻉ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﺰ ﺫﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻊ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﺪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ُ ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٣‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻧﻌﻮﺫﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫ﺳﺠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺱ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘّﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ِﺍﻋﺮﻓﻮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻗﺪﺱ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬
‫َ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﺟﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺰ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ َ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻠﻮﻋﺶ ﺭﺍ ُ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ َ ِ‬
‫ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٤‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﮐﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ َﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٥‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺣ ّﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻴﺎء ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٦‬‬
 ‫‪ ٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﮔﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺿﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " َﻗﺪ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ " ﺟﺎ‪َ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑﮏ ﻭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﮏ " ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻸ ﺍ ٰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺬ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫َﻳْﻮ َ ‪ٍ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ؟ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٨‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ّ ّ‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﮐﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻫﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪، ‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ َﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪  .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ َﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻯ َ َ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼء ‪َ ‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء ﻭ َﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻼﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ُﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ِﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺸﺎء‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻟﻰ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻭﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ُ‬
‫َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﻌﻰ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﮑﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦١‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬
‫ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﻩ ﻗﻠﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺣّﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ُ ‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ِ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻘﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺖ َ َ‬
‫"ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺳﻨﻰ ﺗﻠﺦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ُﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﮏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﮎ َﺍﻥ َ ُ َ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ّﺛﻢ ُ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻰء ‪ َ َ ،‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ َ َﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺴﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻗﻮﻳﺎء ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻪ ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ِ ‬ﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺮ ُﻣﺮﺗﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ٍ‬‫ِﻣﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
 ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺰﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ " :‬ﺗﺨﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻟﺪّﻧﻴﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﺶ ﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﺪﮤ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻟﺐ ﻧﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺗﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻏﺮ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺸﻮﻕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﺮﻭﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻼﺕ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ِﮔﻞ " ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺪﻫﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺁﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺫﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ َﺭﻏﻤﴼ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ِﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻮﻏﺎء‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " ّ‬
‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﴽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻢ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﮑﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﺋﺶ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ‪ ‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺘﻠﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّﺍﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎء ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﻤﺎء ﺟﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺖ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺏ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎء ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﻠﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻠﺴﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻰء‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ۭ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺎﺏ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭ َﺍﺯﻫﺪ ﻭ َﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﺰ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﮏ ﻭ ِﻟ‪‬ﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺳﻤﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ُ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻃ ٰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ُ ُ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ّ‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻮﺍ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﻝ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﻭ ُ ِ‬
‫ﻗﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺾ ُ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ‪ " :‬ﺍﺫﺍ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ " ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻀ‪ِ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭ َ َﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮَﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ َ‬
‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺐ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ َﺍﻻ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٧‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ َﺍَﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻃ ٰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻰ ِﻟ َﻤﻦ َ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٨‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺷﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﮔﺸﺖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻘّﺮ ﺍﺧﺬ‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﮤ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٠‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺳﻢ ِ َ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯ َ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺱ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻧﻮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ۭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨١‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ .... ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ِ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ُﻳِﺤ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻡ َ ِ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻮﻡ َ َ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٢‬‬
 ‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻭ َﺍ َ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺰﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺮ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺒﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫‪٢٨٣‬‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻠﮑﻢ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ َﺯﻳ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ‬
‫ﭘﻴﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ َ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ " ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ِ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻀﻰ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻭ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﻟّﺴ ُ‬
‫ﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬
‫َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٤‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻦ‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳّﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﺶ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺵ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٥‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﻮﻡ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﴽ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫َﻟ َﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ّ ِ‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ّ ، ‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٦‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﻴﺌﴼ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﮔﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﺍﻡ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٨‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ِ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪ َ‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ُﺧﺬﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﻭﻧﻘﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ُﻧﻬﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ َﻳﺮَﻓ ُﻌﮑﻢ ﻭ ُ ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﮐﻢ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ‬
‫‪....‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َﺳ ِ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﺶ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺺ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﮥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﻔﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻝ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ّ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺶ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﮑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺷﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺸﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﴽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺗﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻞ ﺷﻴﻰ‪ ‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺎﺫﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺼﻤﺖ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺎﺫﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﮑﺮ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘّﻔ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻔﮑﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﺑﺎ‪ . " ‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩١‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ َ َ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ُ‬‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻢ َﻧﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭ َ ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺻﺪﺍﻑ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ّﺍﻻ ﺑﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﻻ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺣﺪ َﺍﻥ ُ ِ َ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠّﺴﺎﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َﺟﻌﻞ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ " ََﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﻪ " ََﺍﺗﻰ ﺍّﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ "‬
‫ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺵ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ " َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺩﺕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ِﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺮ َ‬ ‫ِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﻒ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮ ُﺓ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ‪ُ ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬
‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺧﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨّﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺒﺪ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ُﺑﺮء ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ِﺭﺩﺍء ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﮑٍﻞ َ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻬْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ٍ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺃﺱ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﺷﻮﻗﴼ ِﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﮑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ ِﻟ ِ‬
‫ﺒﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ِ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺄﺱ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﺠﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺡ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ؟ ﻋﺪﻝ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ؟ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘّﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻏﻴﺚ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻴﻞ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﺳﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺠﺞ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺧﺎﺷﻊ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ؟ ﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ؟ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺾ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ِ َ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭﮐﻢ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ُِ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﻫﺎﻣﮑﻢ ﻭ ُﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺁﺫﺍﻧﮑﻢ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﺶ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫َ ََ‬
 ‫ﺭﺑﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ؟ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﻕ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺔ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻻﻣﺮ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ٍ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺄﻣﻦ ‪ّ .....‬ﺍﻻ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻧﻪ ؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﮐﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ؟ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﮑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺵ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻕ ﺳﮑﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫َ ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ِﺍﺫﻥ ﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻻ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻳﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻯ َﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻤﴼ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ َﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻢ ﻻ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺭﮒ ﺷﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺣّﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﺴ‪‬ﻞ َ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻻ ُ ‪ُ ‬‬
‫ُ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء "‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ " َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫‪،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺛﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻣﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٨‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻬﺎﻯ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ‬
‫ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻫﺮ ﻟﺒﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻀﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺣﮑﻤﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪....‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ُ ،‬ﻫﻢ ِﻣﻦ ِﺧﻴَﺮِﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٩‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺢ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﺘﮑﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﴼ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭ َ َ ‪ُ َ ‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
 ‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺘﺶ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٠‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ّ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ َﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺶ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻴﺮﺵ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﺖ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١١‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻰ ٍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ّ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻮﻋﺖ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ َ َ َ‬‫ﻗﺪ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬‫ُﻋﺠﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﮥ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َﻳ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻧﻄﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻤﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺶ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺑﻰ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٢‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪َ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ " :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ّﺍﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ " ‪ّ ِ .‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ﻟﮏ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٣‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺳﻢ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ِﺍﻧﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٤‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﻬﺪﻯ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٥‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
 ‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ِﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﮐﻔﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﮐﺮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫َﺫﺭﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮐﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٦‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﮤ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٧‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻔﺮ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ٰ ّ ، ‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪:‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫" َﻣﻦ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺜ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٨‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٩‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻻ ُﺗﺤﺼﻮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﺍﻥ َ ُ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻭﺍ ُ ُ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺒﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻓﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ٰ .‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺷﮑﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮﺕ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺧﺘﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎُﺱ ِ َﻟﺮ ‪‬‬
‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ "‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ‬
‫" َ‬
‫ﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء " ﭼﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬
‫َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺤﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬
 ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﮑﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺃﺳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٢‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺧﺒﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٣‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺘﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ‬
‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬
‫‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪،‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
 ‫ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫‪.‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺷﻰ‪ ‬ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮﮎ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍ ّﻧﻪ‬ ‫ُِ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﺪﮎ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﺯﻩ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺑﺬﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺟﺮﺯ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ُﻣﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
 ‫ﻋﻬﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺪﺍ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ " َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ " َ َ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ُﻳﺮﻳﺪ " ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻮﻟﺶ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﮑﺬﻳﺒﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺭﺵ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫‪.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﻨﺎء ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺘﻠﺶ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ﻳﮑﺮﻧﮓ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ َ َ ُ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻄﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﺕ ّ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻯ َﻳ ْ ِ‬
‫ﻨﻄُﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﻴﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺳّﺮ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺯﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ُﮔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ....‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
 ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺼﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻮﻥ ‪،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪. ‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﻌﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻘﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ِﺑﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻬﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻏﻨﻴﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ َﻣﻦ َ ِ‬
‫ﺳﻤ َﻊ ِﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ِّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ِﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﮋﺩﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺮ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬
 ‫ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " ﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺘﻰ " ﻭ " ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻰ " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ ....‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻌﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻮﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟّﻄ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺤﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔُﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻳﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪﮎ ﺑﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﻢ‬
‫َﻣﻌﮏ ﻭ ُ َ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ِّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺻﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺭﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﮑﺮﻩ‬ ‫َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ َﺍﻥ َ ُ َ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺜﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬
 ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ُﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻞ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ َﺍﻧَﺰ َ ُ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ُﺳﮑﺮ ‪ّ ُ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﺼﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﻇﻠﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺧﺒﺎء ﻣﺠﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻏﻠﺒﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺡ ﮐﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﮑﺬﻭﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٣‬‬
‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻻٍَ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻤ َﻠﺖ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ ِ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯﺕ ﻓﻰ ّ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﺸﺎﻕ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٤‬‬
‫‪ ٣١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻗﻴّﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍء ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ‪‬ﻪ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻳﺠﺰﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻮﮐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫َﺗ َ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٥‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﻘ‪‬ﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻻ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻧﻰ ‪َ ،‬‬
‫ِﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻋﻠ ٰ‬ ‫ُ َُ‬
 ‫ﮐﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺪ َﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٧‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻓﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺗﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٨‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ َﭘﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٩‬‬
 ‫‪ ٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ِّ‬
‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ُ  َ .‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ‪َ‬ﺪﮎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻭ ُ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫َُ ‪‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓَﻘﮏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ُ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥١‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺴﻞ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻒ ﻃﻌﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﺶ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
 ‫ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٢‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻰ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺷﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺩﺭﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫‪.‬ﺑﮕﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٣‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭ ‪َ .‬ﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ّ ّ‬
‫َﺭﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٠‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺿﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺳﮑﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍ ّﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " ُ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮّﻧﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ّ‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٥‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭ َﺍﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺻﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ُ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻗﺎﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪َ .‬ﮐﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺔ َ ِ َ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻭ َﮐﻢ ِﻣﻦ َ َ ٍ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ُ ِ َ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ِﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻰ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺁﻳﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺴﻨﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ُ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ُﺩﻫﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻔﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ُ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺵ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ " :‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻠﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﮐﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪.‬‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٧‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﺮﻣﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻼ ِﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻡ ُﻳﻐﻨﻰ ﺍ‪ً ّ ُ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺲ " َ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬
‫ﺳﻢ َ ّ‬ ‫ِ َِ‬
‫ﺳﻌﺘﻪ " ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻰ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ِ .‬ﺍﻧﺎﺙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﮥ " ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻯ "‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻰ " ّ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻳﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻘﺎﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻫﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ُﻳﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺯﺍﮐﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻰ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ َﻣﻊ ﺷﺠﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟّﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻇﻞ َ َ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻬﻨﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻫﺒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻭﻓﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻀﺮﺍﺏ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺰﻣﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ َﭘﺮ َﺑﺮﭘﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺧﻤﺮ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺫﻭﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ "‬ ‫" ﮔﻔﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺧﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﻗﺪﺱ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺟﻬﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﻯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻫﺠﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺐ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﻻ َ ٰ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺒﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍّﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻴّﺴﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﺒﻞ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ َ ٰ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻨﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻞ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻟﻴﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻠﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
 ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﻯ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻔﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪َ َ ، ‬‬
‫ﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ َﻳﻨﻬﻴﮑﻢ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺸﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﮐﻢ ِ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺄ ُ ُ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻴﻀﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻯ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﮔﻮﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ َﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣّﺒﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
 ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫‪.‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ َﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﮑﻮﻧﻮﺍ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٥‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻓﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻻ ُ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ّ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺺ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ ُ ِ ُ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُﻳﻨﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
 ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﻨﮥ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺣﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٨‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪َ .‬ﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺰ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ِ‬
‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺑﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ِﻏﻤﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﺋﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٩‬‬
‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟّﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ‬
‫ﺛﻢ َ‬‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻯ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ُﻳﺴﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٠‬‬
‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬
 ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺍّﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎء ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ُ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧١‬‬
‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺣﺰﺑﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٢‬‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ .... ‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ُﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻣﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ َﻧﻌﻴﺒﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﺳﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ّ‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺭﺿﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺋﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٣‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء‬

‫ﻣﺴﺨﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬

‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ﻣﻠﮏ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﺶ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٤‬‬
‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ َﺣﺼﺎﺓ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٥‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﮑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
 ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺝ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎُﺱ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ ّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﺪّﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ُ ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٦‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺯﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﮑﻦ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ُ ُ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻤ ّﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻦ ﻇﻨّّﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻰ ؟ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﻳّﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻻﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻋﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﮑﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﮤ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٧‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻳﺎ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﺡ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻰ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﮑﺎﺷﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ َ َ .‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ َ ِ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﻰ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﺲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻳﺬﮐُﺮ ِ‬
‫ﮎ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ ُ َ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٨‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬
 ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻻﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٩‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬
‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٠‬‬
‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻃﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﮤ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨١‬‬
‫‪ ٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ّ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮﻗﮥ ﻻﺋﺤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ّ‬
 ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻔﻮ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٢‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﺵ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪،‬ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﮐﻨﻮﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫‪،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﮥ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﻣﺒﺘﻼﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺶ ﻭﺍﺻﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٣‬‬
‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺌﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﺱ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺭ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﻭ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ‬
‫ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺭﺑﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٤‬‬
 ‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﮥ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻠﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭ ﺁﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺘﮥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻠﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﮥ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺑﻰ ﺩﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺴﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻪ ‪َ .‬ﺳﺮ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺸﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺁﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻔﻰ ﺑﺒﻮﺋﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٥‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﮑﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﺧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺋﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺁ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻠﺶ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﮑﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﮐﻬﻨﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻭﺯﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﮥ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ‬
‫ﻧﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٦‬‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺑﺶ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ّ‬
 ‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﺩﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺡ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ َ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻼﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﮐﻨﻮﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺿﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻻﺟﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٧‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺫﺝ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﮐﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﮏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﮎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺖ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٨‬‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺗﻰ؟ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ " ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻭﻟﻬﻢ َﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﻻ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬
‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ َ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬
‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٩‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮﺓ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬
 ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٠‬‬
‫‪ ١٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪َ " ‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " ّ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ َ َ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺠﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﺒﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻸ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎء ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬
‫ﺍ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩١‬‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ٰ .‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺮﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٢‬‬
‫‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺼﻦ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬
‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻒ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺮﻓُﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ّ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻴﮥ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٣‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻼ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪....‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﮥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﮑﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺿﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺞ َﺭﻋﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬
‫ﻇﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻃﺎﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬
‫‪.‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻃﻠﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪.‬‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﺖ ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬
 ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٥‬‬
‫‪ ١٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ "‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻳﺎ َ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﮏ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ " َﻟ َ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ّ ُ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ّ ُ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺞ َﺭﻋﺎﻉ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻯ ّ‬
‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ٰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﺎﮐﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻼﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ َﻳ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٦‬‬
‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﻭﻟﮥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ َﻭﻻ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺑﻼ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ّ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﻻ ِ َ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻪ َﻟﻬﺎ ّ‬
‫"ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ِ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎ " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﮥ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ....‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﺎ ّ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ َﺭﻏﻤﴼ ِﻟ ّﻠﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬
‫ﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎ‪. ‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٧‬‬
‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬
‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ّ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﮐﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﻃﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬
 ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐّﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮّﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ‬
‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺮﺡ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﻰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬